1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H) */
64 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
65 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
68 #include "character.h"
71 #include "dispextern.h"
73 #include "termhooks.h"
76 #include "emacs-icon.h"
81 #include "intervals.h"
87 #include "xsettings.h"
89 #include "sysselect.h"
92 #include <X11/Shell.h>
95 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
107 extern int xlwmenu_window_p (Widget w
, Window window
);
108 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay (Widget
);
111 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
113 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame
*);
117 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148 #ifndef XtNinitialState
149 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
153 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
157 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
162 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
164 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
166 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
169 static int any_help_event_p
;
171 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
172 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
174 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
176 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
178 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
180 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
182 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
185 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
187 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
188 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
189 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
190 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
192 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
194 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
195 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
196 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
197 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
199 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
201 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
203 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
210 } pending_event_wait
;
213 /* The application context for Xt use. */
214 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
215 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
218 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
220 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
223 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
225 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
227 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
228 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
229 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
231 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
235 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
236 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
237 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
238 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
240 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
242 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
243 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
244 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
245 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
246 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
247 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
248 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
249 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
250 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
253 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
255 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
256 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
259 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
261 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
262 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
265 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
266 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
269 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
271 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
272 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
273 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
274 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
275 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
276 it's somewhat accurate. */
278 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
280 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
282 static Time last_user_time
;
284 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
288 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
290 static int input_signal_count
;
293 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
295 static int x_noop_count
;
297 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
299 extern char **initial_argv
;
300 extern int initial_argc
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
304 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
306 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
308 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
324 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
325 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
327 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
328 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
331 /* Used in x_flush. */
333 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
335 extern XrmDatabase
x_load_resources (Display
*, char *, char *, char *);
336 extern int x_bitmap_mask (FRAME_PTR
, int);
338 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
339 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
340 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
341 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
343 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
344 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
345 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
346 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
347 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
348 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
349 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
350 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
351 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
352 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
353 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
354 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
355 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
356 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
357 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
358 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
359 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
360 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
361 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
362 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
364 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
365 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
366 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
367 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
368 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
369 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
370 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
371 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
372 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
374 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
375 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
376 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
377 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
378 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
379 int *, struct input_event
*);
380 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
381 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
382 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, char *);
385 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
388 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
390 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
391 connection may be broken. */
392 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
398 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
399 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
400 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
401 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
403 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
404 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
409 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
410 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
411 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
412 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
413 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
416 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
419 /***********************************************************************
421 ***********************************************************************/
425 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
426 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
434 struct record event_record
[100];
436 int event_record_index
;
438 record_event (locus
, type
)
442 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
443 event_record_index
= 0;
445 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
446 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
447 event_record_index
++;
454 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
456 struct x_display_info
*
457 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
459 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
461 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
462 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
468 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
469 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
472 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
475 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
476 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
478 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
481 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
482 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
483 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
484 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
486 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
491 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
492 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
493 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
494 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
498 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
500 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
503 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
505 /* return unless necessary */
510 unsigned long n
, left
;
512 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
513 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
514 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
515 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
518 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
519 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
521 XFree ((void *) data
);
526 XFree ((void *) data
);
530 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
531 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
532 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
533 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
538 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
540 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
544 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
546 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
550 /***********************************************************************
551 Starting and ending an update
552 ***********************************************************************/
554 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
555 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
556 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
557 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
558 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
561 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
567 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
568 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
572 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
574 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
575 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
578 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
582 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
584 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
585 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
587 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
589 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
590 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
597 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
600 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
602 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
605 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
607 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
610 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
611 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
614 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
616 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
617 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
619 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
620 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
621 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
623 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
624 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
628 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
630 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
632 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
637 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
639 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
641 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
642 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
647 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
648 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
649 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
651 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
652 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
653 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
656 updated_window
= NULL
;
660 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
664 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
666 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
667 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
671 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
677 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
678 complete update has been performed. The global variable
679 updated_window is not available here. */
682 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
688 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
689 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
692 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
693 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
694 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
695 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
696 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
703 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
704 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
705 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
706 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
707 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
708 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
711 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
713 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
719 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
720 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
722 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
723 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
724 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
725 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
726 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
727 overhead is very small. */
728 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
729 && desired_row
->full_width_p
730 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
731 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
733 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
736 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
739 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
740 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
741 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
742 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
743 y
, width
, height
, False
);
749 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
751 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
752 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
753 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
754 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
755 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
758 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
759 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
762 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
765 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
766 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
767 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
768 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
770 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
773 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
777 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
779 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
780 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
781 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
782 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
784 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
786 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
788 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
789 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
790 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
791 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
792 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
793 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
794 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
795 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
797 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
801 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
802 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
803 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
807 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
808 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
809 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
810 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
814 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
816 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
817 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
819 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
824 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
826 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
827 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
829 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
830 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
835 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
836 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
839 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
845 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
846 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
850 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
852 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
854 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
856 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
858 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
859 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
861 face
->background
, depth
);
865 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
866 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
869 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
870 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
871 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
872 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
875 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
876 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
877 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
881 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
882 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
883 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
887 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
892 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
893 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
894 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
898 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
902 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
903 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
906 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
911 /***********************************************************************
913 ***********************************************************************/
917 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
918 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
919 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
921 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
922 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
923 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
924 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
925 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
926 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
927 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
928 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
929 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
930 unsigned long *, double, int);
931 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
932 double, int, unsigned long);
933 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
934 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
935 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
936 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
937 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
938 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
940 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
941 int, int, int, int, int, int,
943 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
944 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
947 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
951 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
955 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
957 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
958 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
959 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
961 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
964 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
968 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
969 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
971 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
972 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
973 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
974 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
975 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
976 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
977 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
979 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
980 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
981 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
983 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
984 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
987 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
988 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
989 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
991 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
992 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
995 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
996 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
998 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1003 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1006 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1011 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1012 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1013 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1015 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1017 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1018 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1020 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1021 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1022 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1024 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1025 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1028 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1033 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1034 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1035 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1036 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1038 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1039 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1042 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1043 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1045 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1048 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1052 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1053 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1054 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1057 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1059 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1063 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1064 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1068 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1070 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1072 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1074 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1075 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1077 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1079 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1080 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1082 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1084 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1087 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1089 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1090 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1092 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1093 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1095 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1096 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1100 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1101 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1104 /* GC must have been set. */
1105 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1109 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1110 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1113 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1115 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1116 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1119 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1124 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1125 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1129 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1134 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1136 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1139 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1144 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1147 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1150 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1151 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1153 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1155 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1157 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1158 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1161 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1162 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1163 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1167 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1169 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1171 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1172 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1173 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1177 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1178 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1183 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1186 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1189 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1190 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1191 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1192 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1196 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1197 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1198 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1199 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1200 contains the first component of a composition. */
1203 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1205 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1206 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1207 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1209 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1213 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1214 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1215 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1216 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1217 s
->background_width
,
1218 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1219 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1220 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1222 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1223 || s
->font_not_found_p
1224 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1227 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1228 s
->background_width
,
1229 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1230 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1236 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1239 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1243 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1244 of S to the right of that box line. */
1245 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1246 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1247 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1251 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1253 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1255 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1257 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1258 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1259 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1261 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1266 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1267 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1270 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1271 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1273 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1275 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1276 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1278 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1279 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1280 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1284 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1287 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1290 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1292 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1293 of S to the right of that box line. */
1294 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1295 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1296 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1300 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1301 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1302 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1303 this composition. */
1305 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1306 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1307 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1309 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1310 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1311 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1313 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1317 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1318 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1320 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1321 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1323 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1324 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1330 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1335 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1337 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1338 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1339 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1342 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1346 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1347 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1348 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1351 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1352 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1353 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1354 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1355 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1356 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1364 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1365 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1366 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1372 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1374 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1375 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1376 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1377 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1378 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1381 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1382 cannot be determined. */
1384 static struct frame
*
1385 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1388 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1392 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1394 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1395 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1396 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1397 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1398 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1399 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1401 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1402 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1403 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1404 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1405 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1407 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1408 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1409 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1416 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1417 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1418 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1419 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1422 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1427 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1428 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1432 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1433 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1434 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1435 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1436 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1437 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1440 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1444 unsigned long *pixel
;
1448 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1449 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1453 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1454 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1456 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1458 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1460 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1465 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1466 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1468 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1471 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1473 DPY is the display we are working on.
1475 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1476 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1477 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1478 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1480 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1481 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1483 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1484 we allocated the color or not.
1486 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1489 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1493 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1494 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1504 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1505 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1507 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1511 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1512 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1513 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1515 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1517 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1518 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1520 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1522 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1523 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1525 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1526 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1528 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1529 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1534 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1536 params
[0] = color_name
;
1537 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1538 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1539 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1544 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1546 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1548 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1552 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1556 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1557 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1560 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1565 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1566 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1567 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1569 APP is the application context in which we work.
1571 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1572 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1573 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1575 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1578 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1587 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1589 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1592 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1594 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1595 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1596 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1597 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1598 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1603 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1606 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1607 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1608 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1609 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1611 static const XColor
*
1612 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1614 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1616 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1618 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1621 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1622 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1623 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1624 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1625 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1627 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1628 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1630 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1631 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1634 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1635 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1639 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1640 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1643 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1645 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1647 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1650 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1652 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1653 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1654 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1655 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1659 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1663 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1664 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1667 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1669 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1673 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1674 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1675 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1679 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1683 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1686 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1687 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1688 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1689 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1691 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1693 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1695 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1697 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1698 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1699 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1700 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1702 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1705 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1709 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1710 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1711 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1712 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1716 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1717 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1718 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1719 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1720 XColor
*cached_color
;
1722 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1723 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1724 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1725 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1726 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1728 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1729 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1730 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1734 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1736 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1737 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1743 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1744 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1745 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1749 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1751 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1752 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1756 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1757 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1758 get color reference counts right. */
1761 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1765 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1767 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1768 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1770 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1771 register_color (pixel
);
1777 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1778 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1779 get color reference counts right. */
1782 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1786 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1788 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1789 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1791 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1792 register_color (pixel
);
1798 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1801 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1802 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1803 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1804 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1805 use an additional additive factor.
1807 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1808 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1809 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1812 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1813 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1814 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1815 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1816 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1817 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1820 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1826 /* Get RGB color values. */
1827 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1828 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1830 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1831 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1832 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1833 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1834 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1836 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1837 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1839 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1840 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1841 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1842 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1843 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1845 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1846 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1847 /* The additive adjustment. */
1848 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1852 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1853 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1854 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1858 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1859 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1860 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1864 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1865 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1868 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1870 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1871 delta to the RGB values. */
1872 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1874 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1875 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1876 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1877 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1888 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1889 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1890 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1891 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1892 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1893 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1896 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1899 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1900 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1901 unsigned long pixel
;
1902 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1903 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1904 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1905 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1907 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1908 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1910 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1911 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1912 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1914 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1916 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1917 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1920 /* Allocate new color. */
1921 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1923 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1924 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1926 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1927 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1930 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1932 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1934 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1937 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1941 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1944 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1946 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1947 unsigned long color
;
1949 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1950 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1951 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1953 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1954 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1959 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1960 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1961 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1964 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1965 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1967 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1968 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1969 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1970 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1971 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1976 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1977 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1978 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1979 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1980 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1981 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1985 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
1986 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
1988 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
1989 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
1990 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
1992 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1993 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1998 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2000 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2001 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2005 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2006 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2007 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2008 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2012 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2013 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2014 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2016 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2018 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2020 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2021 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2025 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2026 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2027 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2028 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2032 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2033 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2034 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2036 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2040 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2041 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2042 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2043 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2044 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2045 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2048 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2049 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2050 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2051 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2052 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2056 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2057 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2058 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2061 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2062 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2066 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2067 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2070 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2071 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2075 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2076 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2078 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2079 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2083 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2086 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2088 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2089 int left_p
, right_p
;
2090 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2091 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2093 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2094 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2095 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2097 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2098 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2100 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2102 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2103 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2105 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2107 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2109 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2111 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2112 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2114 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2115 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2116 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2118 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2120 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2122 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2123 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2124 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2127 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2128 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2129 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2134 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2137 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2140 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2142 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2143 right of that line. */
2144 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2145 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2147 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2149 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2151 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2152 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2153 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2154 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2160 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2161 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2162 trust on the shape extension to be available
2163 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2165 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2168 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2170 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2171 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2172 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2173 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2174 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2176 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2179 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2180 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2181 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2182 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2183 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2184 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2188 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2190 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2193 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2194 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2195 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2196 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2197 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2198 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2200 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2201 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2202 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2203 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2204 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2205 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2206 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2208 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2210 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2212 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2213 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2218 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2219 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2220 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2224 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2227 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2229 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2232 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2234 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2235 right of that line. */
2236 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2237 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2239 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2241 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2243 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2244 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2245 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2246 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2248 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2249 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2251 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2252 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2256 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2257 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2260 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2261 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2263 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2264 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2265 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2266 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2268 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2269 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2270 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2272 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2274 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2279 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2282 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2285 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2287 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2288 right of that line. */
2289 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2290 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2292 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2294 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2296 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2297 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2298 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2299 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2305 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2306 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2307 trust on the shape extension to be available
2308 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2310 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2314 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2315 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2316 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2317 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2318 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2320 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2321 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2322 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2323 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2327 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2328 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2329 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2331 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2332 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2333 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2334 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2335 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2336 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2337 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2339 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2341 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2342 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2343 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2348 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2349 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2350 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2354 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2355 give the rectangle to draw. */
2358 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2362 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2363 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2364 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2365 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2368 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2372 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2375 s->x +-------------------------
2378 | +-------------------------
2381 | | +-------------------
2387 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2389 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2390 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2392 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2395 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2396 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2397 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2398 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2400 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2401 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2403 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2404 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2408 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2409 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2413 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2414 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2415 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2416 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2417 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2419 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2420 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2421 s
->background_width
,
2424 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2426 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2428 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2431 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2432 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2433 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2434 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2435 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2436 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2437 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2442 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2444 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2445 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2446 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2447 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2455 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2457 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2459 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2460 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2462 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2465 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2468 /* Draw the foreground. */
2471 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2472 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2473 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2474 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2475 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2478 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2480 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2482 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2483 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2484 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2488 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2491 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2493 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2495 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2496 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2498 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2499 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2500 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2501 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2505 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2508 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2511 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2513 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2514 if (width
< background_width
)
2517 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2522 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2523 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2525 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2531 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2532 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2534 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2536 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2537 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2538 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2539 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2544 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2545 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2546 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2547 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2551 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2553 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2554 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2556 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2557 except for header line and mode line. */
2558 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2560 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2563 if (background_width
> 0)
2564 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2567 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2571 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2574 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2576 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2578 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2579 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2580 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2581 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2584 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2586 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2587 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2588 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2589 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2591 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2592 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2593 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2594 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2596 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2597 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2601 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2602 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2604 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2605 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2606 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2607 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2608 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2609 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2612 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2613 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2614 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2615 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2618 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2620 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2621 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2622 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2623 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2624 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2625 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2627 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2629 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2632 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2636 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2640 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2641 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2643 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2644 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2647 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2648 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2649 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2650 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2653 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2660 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2662 /* Draw underline. */
2663 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2665 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2668 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2670 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2671 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2672 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2676 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2677 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2678 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2681 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2682 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2685 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2686 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2687 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2688 specs, and its default is
2690 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2691 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2693 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2694 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2695 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2697 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2699 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2701 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2703 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2704 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2705 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2706 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2707 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2708 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2709 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2710 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2711 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2712 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2714 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2720 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2721 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2726 /* Draw overline. */
2727 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2729 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2731 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2732 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2737 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2738 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2739 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2741 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2745 /* Draw strike-through. */
2746 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2748 unsigned long h
= 1;
2749 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2751 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2752 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2757 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2758 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2759 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2761 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2765 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2766 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2767 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2771 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2773 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2774 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2775 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2777 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2778 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2779 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2782 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2783 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2784 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2785 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2787 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2788 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2790 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2796 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2798 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2799 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2800 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2802 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2803 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2804 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2807 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2808 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2809 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2810 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2812 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2813 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2815 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2820 /* Reset clipping. */
2821 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2825 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2828 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2830 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2831 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2832 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2836 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2840 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2846 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2847 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2850 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2852 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2853 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2857 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2860 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2862 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2864 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2865 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2866 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2868 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2869 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2871 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2873 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2874 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2875 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2877 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2878 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2879 redisplay, do it here. */
2880 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2883 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2890 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2892 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2893 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2895 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2898 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2899 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2902 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2904 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2905 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2906 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2908 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2909 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2913 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2915 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2916 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2920 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2922 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2923 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2925 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2927 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2931 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2937 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2938 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2939 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2942 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2943 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2944 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2945 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2946 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2947 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2948 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2952 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2953 pixels into background pixels. */
2957 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2958 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2959 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2961 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2962 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2966 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2967 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2968 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2969 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2970 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2971 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2972 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2976 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2977 edge it is next to. */
2978 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2980 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2981 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2984 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2985 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2992 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2994 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2995 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2997 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2999 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3000 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3001 width
, flash_height
);
3002 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3004 (height
- flash_height
3005 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3006 width
, flash_height
);
3010 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3011 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3012 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3013 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3018 struct timeval wakeup
;
3020 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3022 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3023 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3024 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3025 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3027 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3029 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3031 struct timeval current
;
3032 struct timeval timeout
;
3034 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3036 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3037 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3040 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3042 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3044 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3045 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3049 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3050 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3052 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3054 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3055 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3056 width
, flash_height
);
3057 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3059 (height
- flash_height
3060 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3061 width
, flash_height
);
3064 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3065 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3066 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3067 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3070 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3071 #undef XFillRectangle
3073 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3082 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3086 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3091 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3092 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3093 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3096 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3097 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3098 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3103 /* Make audible bell. */
3106 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3108 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3110 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3117 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3118 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3125 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3126 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3127 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3128 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3131 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3133 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3138 /***********************************************************************
3140 ***********************************************************************/
3142 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3143 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3146 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3152 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3155 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3157 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3158 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3160 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3161 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3163 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3165 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3166 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3167 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3171 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3172 line at the bottom. */
3173 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3174 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3176 height
= run
->height
;
3180 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3182 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3183 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3185 height
= run
->height
;
3190 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3194 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3195 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3196 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3206 /***********************************************************************
3208 ***********************************************************************/
3212 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3214 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3215 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3216 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3217 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3219 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3220 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3222 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3223 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3227 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3229 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3230 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3231 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3232 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3234 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3235 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3237 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3238 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3241 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3242 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3243 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3244 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3245 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3248 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3250 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3252 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3254 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3255 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3256 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3258 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3259 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3261 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3262 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3264 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3267 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3270 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3271 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3272 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3275 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3277 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3279 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3281 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3282 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3284 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3285 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3286 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3287 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3288 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3290 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3291 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3295 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3298 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3299 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3302 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3304 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3306 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3308 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3309 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3313 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3314 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3316 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3317 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3321 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3322 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3324 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3327 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3329 struct frame
*frame
;
3331 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3335 switch (event
->type
)
3340 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3342 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3344 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3345 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3346 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3347 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3349 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3355 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3356 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3357 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3358 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3362 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3364 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3365 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3366 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3373 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3376 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3378 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3381 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3382 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3383 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3385 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3386 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3387 the appropriate X display info. */
3390 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3392 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3396 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3398 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3400 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3402 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3403 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3404 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3405 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3406 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3408 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3409 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3413 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3415 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3418 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3419 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3420 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3426 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3428 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3430 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3432 int min_code
, max_code
;
3435 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3437 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3438 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3439 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3440 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3441 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3443 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3445 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3446 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3448 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3450 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3451 Alt keysyms are on. */
3453 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3454 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3456 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3458 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3459 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3461 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3463 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3467 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3471 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3473 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3479 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3480 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3485 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3486 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3491 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3492 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3493 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3494 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3499 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3500 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3501 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3502 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3506 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3507 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3508 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3509 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3510 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3519 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3520 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3522 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3523 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3526 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3527 make them just meta, not alt. */
3528 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3530 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3533 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3534 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3537 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3541 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3543 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3544 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3545 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3546 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3549 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3550 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3551 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3552 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3553 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3554 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3555 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3556 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3559 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3560 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3561 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3562 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3563 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3564 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3568 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3570 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3571 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3572 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3573 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3577 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3578 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3579 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3580 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3581 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3582 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3583 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3584 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3587 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3588 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3589 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3590 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3591 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3592 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3595 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3598 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3603 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3611 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3613 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3615 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3619 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3621 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3623 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3624 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3625 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3626 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3628 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3632 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3633 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3634 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3640 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3641 The input handler calls this.
3643 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3644 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3645 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3646 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3648 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3649 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3652 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3654 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3655 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3656 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3658 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3661 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3663 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3664 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3665 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3666 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3671 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3672 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3673 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3674 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3675 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3676 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3678 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3679 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3680 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3681 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3682 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3683 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3691 /************************************************************************
3693 ************************************************************************/
3696 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3698 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3699 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3700 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3701 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3702 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3707 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3708 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3710 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3711 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3712 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3713 position on the scroll bar.
3715 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3716 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3719 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3720 was at this position.
3722 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3724 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3728 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3734 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3735 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3741 Window dummy_window
;
3744 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3746 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3747 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3748 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3749 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3750 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3752 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3754 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3755 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3756 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3758 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3761 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3762 a different screen. */
3765 /* The position on that root window. */
3768 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3771 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3773 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3775 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3776 containing the pointer. */
3780 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3784 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3785 structure is changing at the same time this function
3786 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3788 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3790 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3791 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3793 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3794 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3795 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3797 /* From-window, to-window. */
3798 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3800 /* From-position, to-position. */
3801 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3805 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3811 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3813 /* From-window, to-window. */
3816 /* From-position, to-position. */
3817 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3822 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3825 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3826 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3827 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3828 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3829 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3837 /* Now we know that:
3838 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3839 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3840 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3841 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3842 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3843 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3844 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3845 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3846 never use them in that case.) */
3849 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3850 want the edit window. */
3851 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3853 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3854 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3857 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3858 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3861 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3862 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3864 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3867 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3870 x_uncatch_errors ();
3872 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3875 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3877 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3881 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3887 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3888 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3892 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3893 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3894 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3895 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3896 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3897 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3898 the frame are divided into. */
3900 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3901 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3906 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3907 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3908 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3918 /***********************************************************************
3920 ***********************************************************************/
3922 /* Scroll bar support. */
3924 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3926 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3929 static struct scroll_bar
*
3930 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
3934 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3935 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3936 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3938 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3940 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3942 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3943 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3944 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
3947 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3950 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3952 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3953 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3954 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3955 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3956 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3959 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3960 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
3961 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3962 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3969 #if defined USE_LUCID
3971 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3972 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3975 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3980 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3982 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3984 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3985 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3987 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3995 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3998 /************************************************************************
4000 ************************************************************************/
4002 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4004 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4005 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4006 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4007 struct scroll_bar
*);
4008 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4012 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4013 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4015 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4017 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4019 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4021 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4022 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4025 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4027 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4029 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4031 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4032 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4033 to avoid jerkyness. */
4035 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4037 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4038 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4039 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4040 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4043 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4046 XtPointer client_data
;
4050 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4056 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4057 end_action
= "Release";
4058 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4059 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4060 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4061 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4064 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4065 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4069 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4070 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4071 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4073 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4075 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4076 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4077 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4079 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4080 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4082 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4083 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4086 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4088 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4089 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4091 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4092 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4095 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4096 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4097 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4098 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4101 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4104 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4105 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4106 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4111 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4112 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4113 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4114 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4115 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4118 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4119 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4120 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4121 into that array in the event. */
4122 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4123 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4126 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4128 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4129 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4130 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4132 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4134 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4135 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4138 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4139 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4140 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4141 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4142 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4143 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4145 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4146 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4147 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4148 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4151 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4152 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4153 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4154 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4159 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4163 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4165 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4170 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4171 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4173 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4174 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4176 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4177 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4180 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4182 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4184 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4185 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4186 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4187 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4188 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4194 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4196 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4199 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4200 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4201 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4204 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4206 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4208 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4209 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4210 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4214 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4215 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4216 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4219 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4220 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4221 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4224 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4225 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4226 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4229 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4230 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4231 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4235 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4236 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4239 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4240 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4241 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4248 /* Get the slider size. */
4250 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4253 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4254 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4255 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4256 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4260 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4266 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4267 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4268 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4272 #elif defined USE_GTK
4274 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4275 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4278 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4279 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4283 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4285 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4286 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4287 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4289 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4290 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4295 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4296 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4297 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4298 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4300 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4301 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4302 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4303 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4304 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4307 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4308 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4309 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4311 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4312 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4313 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4315 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4316 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4317 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4319 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4320 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4321 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4327 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4328 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4329 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4335 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4338 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4339 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4342 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4343 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4344 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4346 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4347 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4348 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4355 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4357 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4358 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4359 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4363 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4365 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4367 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4368 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4370 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4373 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4375 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4379 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4381 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4382 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4383 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4384 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4385 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4387 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4389 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4391 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4392 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4393 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4394 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4398 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4399 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4400 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4401 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4402 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4403 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4404 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4407 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4409 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4411 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4412 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4413 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4417 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4419 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4422 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4423 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4425 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4426 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4427 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4428 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4430 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4432 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4433 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4434 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4435 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4438 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4440 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4442 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4443 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4447 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4449 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4452 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4453 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4458 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4461 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4463 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4469 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4470 unsigned long pixel
;
4475 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4476 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4477 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4478 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4479 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4480 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4481 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4482 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4484 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4487 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4491 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4494 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4498 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4499 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4501 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4502 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4504 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4506 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4508 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4510 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4512 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4514 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4517 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4518 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4520 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4521 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4522 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4523 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4525 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4527 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4528 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4529 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4530 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4531 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4532 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4533 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4534 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4536 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4539 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4543 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4546 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4550 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4552 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4553 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4555 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4558 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4559 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4560 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4562 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4565 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4567 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4570 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4571 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4572 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4574 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4578 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4579 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4580 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4581 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4582 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4583 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4585 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4589 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4590 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4591 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4593 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4595 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4598 /* Specify the colors. */
4599 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4605 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4608 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4614 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4615 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4619 char *val
= initial
;
4620 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4621 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4622 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4624 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4625 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4626 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4627 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4628 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4629 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4633 /* Define callbacks. */
4634 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4635 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4638 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4639 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4641 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4643 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4644 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4645 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4646 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4648 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4649 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4650 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4651 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4655 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4658 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4659 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4663 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4665 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4668 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4670 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4671 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4672 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4674 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4675 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4682 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4683 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4684 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4685 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4686 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4687 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4688 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4689 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4690 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4691 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4692 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4693 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4694 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4695 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4702 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4703 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4706 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4710 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4711 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4713 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4714 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4715 size
= max (size
, 1);
4717 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4718 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4719 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4721 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4723 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4729 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4730 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4734 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4736 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4737 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4738 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4742 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4743 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4744 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4747 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4748 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4750 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4751 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4752 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4753 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4755 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4756 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4759 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4760 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4761 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4763 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4767 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4771 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4773 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4777 /************************************************************************
4778 Scroll bars, general
4779 ************************************************************************/
4781 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4782 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4783 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4786 static struct scroll_bar
*
4787 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4789 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4790 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4791 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4795 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4796 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4797 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4799 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4803 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4804 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4805 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4807 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4808 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4810 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4812 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4814 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4815 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4816 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4817 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4818 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4820 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4822 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4823 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4824 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4826 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4828 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4835 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4837 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4839 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4843 bar
->height
= height
;
4846 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4847 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4849 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4850 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4852 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4853 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4854 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4856 /* Map the window/widget. */
4857 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4860 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4863 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4864 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4866 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4867 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4868 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4869 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4871 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4872 max (height
, 1), 0);
4873 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4874 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4876 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4877 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4878 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4885 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4887 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4889 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4890 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4891 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4894 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4895 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4896 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4897 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4898 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4901 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4902 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4906 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4907 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4908 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4909 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4911 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4913 && start
== bar
->start
4920 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4921 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4922 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4924 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4925 the distance between start and end. */
4927 int length
= end
- start
;
4931 else if (start
> top_range
)
4933 end
= start
+ length
;
4937 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4941 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4945 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4946 if (end
> top_range
)
4949 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4950 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4951 that many pixels tall. */
4952 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4954 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4955 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4957 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4958 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4959 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4960 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4961 inside_width
, start
,
4964 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4965 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4966 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4967 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4969 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4970 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4971 /* x, y, width, height */
4972 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4973 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4974 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4976 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4977 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4978 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4979 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
4981 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4982 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4983 if (end
< inside_height
)
4984 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4985 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4986 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4987 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4988 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4996 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4998 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5002 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5004 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5007 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5009 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5010 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5011 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5012 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5014 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5017 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5018 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5024 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5025 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5026 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5030 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5032 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5033 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5034 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5035 int window_y
, window_height
;
5036 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5037 int fringe_extended_p
;
5040 /* Get window dimensions. */
5041 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5043 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5044 height
= window_height
;
5046 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5047 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5049 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5050 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5051 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5052 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5056 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5057 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5058 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5059 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5061 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5063 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5064 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5069 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5070 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5071 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5072 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5073 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5074 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5076 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5077 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5078 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5079 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5082 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5083 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5085 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5088 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5089 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5090 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5091 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5094 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5095 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5099 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5103 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5104 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5106 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5110 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5112 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5114 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5116 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5119 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5121 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5122 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5124 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5125 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5126 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5128 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5129 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5130 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5132 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5133 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5136 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5139 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5140 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5142 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5143 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5144 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5146 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5147 max (height
, 1), 0);
5148 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5150 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5152 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5153 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5154 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5156 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5157 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5159 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5160 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5161 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5165 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5166 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5167 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5170 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5171 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5172 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5174 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5175 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5176 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5177 rest
, height
, False
);
5179 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5180 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5184 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5189 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5191 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5193 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5197 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5199 /* Remember new settings. */
5200 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5202 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5203 bar
->height
= height
;
5208 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5209 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5211 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5212 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5213 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5215 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5217 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5220 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5223 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5224 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5225 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5228 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5230 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5234 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5235 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5236 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5237 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5238 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5239 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5240 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5242 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5243 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5244 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5247 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5249 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5250 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5253 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5254 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5255 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5256 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5257 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5258 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5259 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5264 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5265 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5268 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5270 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5273 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5274 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5277 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5279 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5280 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5281 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5283 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5285 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5286 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5288 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5289 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5290 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5292 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5293 one or the other! */
5297 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5299 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5300 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5302 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5304 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5305 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5306 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5309 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5310 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5313 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5315 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5317 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5319 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5320 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5321 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5323 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5325 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5327 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5330 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5333 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5334 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5338 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5339 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5340 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5342 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5346 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5347 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5350 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5351 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5352 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5353 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5357 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5359 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5360 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5361 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5362 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5364 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5365 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5367 /* x, y, width, height */
5369 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5372 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5373 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5374 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5375 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5380 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5382 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5383 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5385 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5390 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5392 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5395 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5396 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5397 emacs_event
->modifiers
5398 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5399 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5400 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5401 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5404 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5405 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5406 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5409 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5410 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5413 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5416 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5417 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5418 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5420 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5422 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5423 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5424 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5425 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5427 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5428 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5430 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5431 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5435 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5436 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5440 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5442 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5444 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5448 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5449 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5452 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5454 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5457 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5459 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5460 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5462 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5463 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5465 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5467 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5469 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5474 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5476 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5477 on the scroll bar. */
5480 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5482 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5483 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5484 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5486 Window dummy_window
;
5488 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5492 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5494 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5496 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5497 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5498 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5500 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5503 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5509 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5511 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5513 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5514 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5518 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5522 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5524 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5525 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5526 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5527 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5528 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5529 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5531 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5533 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5534 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5537 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5540 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5546 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5547 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5548 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5552 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5554 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5557 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5558 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5559 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5560 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5561 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5562 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5563 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5564 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5566 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5570 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5572 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5573 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5574 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5575 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5577 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5578 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5580 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5582 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5583 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5585 static int temp_index
;
5586 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5588 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5589 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5591 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5593 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5594 on a particular display. */
5596 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5598 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5599 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5600 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5601 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5603 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5605 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5608 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5609 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5610 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5611 memcpy (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, &event, size); \
5612 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5613 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5617 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5618 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5628 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5629 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5630 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5632 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5634 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5638 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5640 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5641 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5642 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5645 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5646 event
->xclient
.window
);
5648 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5653 static int current_count
;
5654 static int current_finish
;
5655 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5657 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5658 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5659 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5660 static GdkFilterReturn
5661 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5663 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5666 if (current_count
>= 0)
5668 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5670 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5673 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5674 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5675 so we do it here. */
5676 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5678 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5681 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5686 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5689 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5693 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5697 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5698 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5700 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5702 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5705 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5707 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5708 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5709 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5711 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5714 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5717 struct input_event ie
;
5718 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5723 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5724 struct coding_system coding
;
5725 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5727 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5729 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5730 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5733 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5734 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5740 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5741 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5742 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5744 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5745 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5747 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5748 could be the shell widget window
5749 if the frame has no title bar. */
5750 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5752 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5753 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5754 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5756 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5757 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5758 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5759 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5760 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5763 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5764 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5765 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5766 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5769 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5770 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5771 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5774 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5775 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5776 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5778 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5779 /* The ICCCM says this is
5780 the only valid choice. */
5782 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5783 /* This is needed to detect the error
5784 if there is an error. */
5786 x_uncatch_errors ();
5788 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5793 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5794 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5796 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5797 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5798 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5799 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5800 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5801 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5802 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5803 session manager and one for this. */
5805 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5808 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5809 event
.xclient
.window
);
5810 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5811 for a single Emacs process. */
5812 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5813 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5814 event
.xclient
.window
,
5815 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5817 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5818 event
.xclient
.window
,
5824 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5825 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5827 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5828 event
.xclient
.window
);
5830 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5832 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5833 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5840 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5841 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5846 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5847 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5850 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5852 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5853 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5857 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5864 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5865 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5867 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5869 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5873 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5875 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5876 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5877 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5878 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5880 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5881 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5882 currently never do because we are interested in
5883 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5884 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5885 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5888 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5889 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5893 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5894 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5895 we construct an input_event. */
5896 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5897 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5899 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5900 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5903 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5905 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5906 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5907 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5909 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5910 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5911 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5913 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5917 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5919 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5922 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5923 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5927 case SelectionNotify
:
5928 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5929 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5930 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5932 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5933 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5936 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5937 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
5938 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5939 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5941 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5943 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5945 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5946 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5947 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5948 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5949 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5953 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5954 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
5955 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5956 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5958 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5960 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5961 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5963 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5964 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5965 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5966 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5967 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5968 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5969 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5970 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5974 case PropertyNotify
:
5975 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
5976 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
5977 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
5978 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
5980 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5981 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5984 case ReparentNotify
:
5985 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5989 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5990 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5994 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5995 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5996 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6001 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6005 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6006 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6007 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6008 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6009 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6012 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6014 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6015 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6016 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6017 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6021 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6022 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6026 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6027 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6029 #if defined USE_LUCID
6030 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6031 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6032 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6035 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6037 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6039 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6041 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6042 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6044 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6045 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6046 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6049 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6050 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6053 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6054 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6058 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6059 source area was obscured or not
6061 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6065 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6066 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6067 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6069 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6072 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6075 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6076 source area was completely
6081 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6082 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6085 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6088 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6089 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6090 the frame was deleted. */
6092 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6093 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6094 display that won't ever be seen. */
6095 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6096 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6097 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6098 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6099 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6100 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6101 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6102 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6104 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6106 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6107 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6113 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6114 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6115 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6118 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6119 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6120 frame is visible. */
6121 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6124 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6125 the frame's display structures.
6126 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6127 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6128 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6129 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6130 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6131 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6133 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6134 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6135 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6136 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6138 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6139 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6140 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6144 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6145 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6147 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6148 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6149 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6150 to update the frame titles
6151 in case this is the second frame. */
6152 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6155 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6162 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6163 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6165 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6166 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6167 if (popup_activated ())
6171 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6173 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6174 mouse highlighting. */
6175 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6177 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6179 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6180 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6183 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6186 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6187 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6188 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6190 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6192 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6193 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6196 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6200 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6201 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6202 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6205 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6206 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6207 status_return even if the input is too long to
6208 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6209 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6210 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6211 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6212 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6213 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6214 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6216 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6220 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6221 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6222 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6224 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6228 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6229 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6230 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6232 /* This will have to go some day... */
6234 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6235 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6236 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6237 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6238 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6239 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6240 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6242 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6243 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6244 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6245 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6246 not it is combined with Meta. */
6247 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6248 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6253 Status status_return
;
6255 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6256 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6257 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6258 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6260 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6262 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6263 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6264 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6265 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6266 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6269 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6270 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6272 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6277 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6278 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6282 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6283 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6286 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6287 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6291 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6292 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6293 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6296 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6297 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6299 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6300 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6302 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6303 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6305 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6306 translations to characters. */
6307 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6308 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6310 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6311 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6315 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6316 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6318 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6319 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6321 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6322 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6326 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6327 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6328 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6332 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6333 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6334 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6335 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6339 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6340 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6341 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6342 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6343 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6344 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6346 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6347 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6349 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6350 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6351 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6352 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6353 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6354 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6356 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6357 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6359 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6360 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6362 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6363 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6365 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6366 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6368 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6369 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6371 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6372 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6374 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6375 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6377 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6378 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6380 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6381 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6383 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6384 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6395 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6396 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6397 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6398 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6399 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6400 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6401 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6402 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6403 don't have real modifiers but
6404 should be treated similarly to
6405 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6406 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6407 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6409 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6410 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6414 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6415 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6417 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6418 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6422 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6427 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6429 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6431 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6434 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6436 /* Decode the input data. */
6440 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6441 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6442 we used just above and the locale. */
6443 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6444 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6445 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6446 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6447 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6448 gives us composition information. */
6449 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6451 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6452 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6453 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6454 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6455 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6456 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6457 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6458 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6461 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6462 character events. */
6463 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6465 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6466 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6468 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6469 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6470 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6471 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6473 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6478 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6480 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6486 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6487 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6495 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6497 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6498 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6506 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6507 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6509 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6511 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6512 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6514 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6515 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6516 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6517 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6519 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6520 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6521 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6522 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6527 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6531 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6532 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6534 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6537 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6539 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6540 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6541 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6542 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6545 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6546 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6547 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6548 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6549 if (any_help_event_p
)
6553 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6554 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6555 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6560 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6565 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6566 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6567 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6569 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6570 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6571 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6573 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6575 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6577 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6578 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6582 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6588 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6589 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6590 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6594 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6595 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6598 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6599 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6600 will be selected only when it is active. */
6601 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6602 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6603 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6604 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6605 create event iff we don't leave the
6607 && (focus_follows_mouse
6608 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6609 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6611 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6612 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6617 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6618 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6622 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6623 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6624 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6625 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6628 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6629 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6631 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6632 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6633 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6636 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6637 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6638 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6639 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6644 case ConfigureNotify
:
6645 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6648 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6649 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6651 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6652 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6658 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6660 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6661 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6663 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6664 is called by the code that handles resizing
6665 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6667 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6668 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6669 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6670 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6671 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6672 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6673 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6675 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6676 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6677 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6680 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6681 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6682 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6686 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6687 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6688 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6689 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6692 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6696 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6697 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6706 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6707 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6710 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6711 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6712 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6714 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6716 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6717 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6719 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6722 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6727 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6728 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6729 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6732 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6733 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6735 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6736 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6738 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6740 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6741 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6742 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6743 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6748 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6749 if (! popup_activated ())
6752 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6754 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6755 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6757 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6758 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6760 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6761 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6764 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6766 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6767 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6768 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6772 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6773 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6774 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6776 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6777 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6779 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6781 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6782 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6784 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6786 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6787 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6790 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6792 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6793 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6796 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6799 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6801 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6802 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6803 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6807 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6808 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6809 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6810 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6811 Instead, save it away
6812 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6813 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6816 ! popup_activated ()
6817 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6818 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6821 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6822 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6823 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6824 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6825 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6826 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6827 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6828 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6830 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6831 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6833 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6836 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6838 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6842 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6843 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6844 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6846 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6848 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6849 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6850 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6855 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6858 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6862 case CirculateNotify
:
6865 case CirculateRequest
:
6868 case VisibilityNotify
:
6872 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6874 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6876 case MappingModifier
:
6877 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6878 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6879 case MappingKeyboard
:
6880 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6885 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6890 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6892 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6893 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6895 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6900 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6902 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6907 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6912 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6918 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6919 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6920 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6924 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6925 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6935 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6936 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6937 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6939 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6941 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6943 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6944 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6946 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6949 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6955 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6956 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6957 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6959 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6960 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6961 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6964 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6967 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6971 int event_found
= 0;
6973 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6975 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6977 pending_signals
= 1;
6982 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6984 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
6988 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6989 input_signal_count
++;
6994 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
6995 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
6997 struct input_event inev
;
6999 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7000 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7001 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7003 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7010 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7011 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7013 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7014 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7018 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7022 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7025 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7026 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7031 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7032 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7034 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7040 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7041 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7042 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7043 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7045 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7046 from all displays. */
7048 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7050 current_count
= count
;
7051 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7053 gtk_main_iteration ();
7055 count
= current_count
;
7057 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7059 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7062 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7066 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7067 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7070 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7071 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7072 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7074 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7078 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7079 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7081 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7083 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7084 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7088 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7090 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7091 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7093 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7094 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7106 /***********************************************************************
7108 ***********************************************************************/
7110 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7111 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7113 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7114 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7115 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7118 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7120 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7121 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7122 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7124 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7126 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7127 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7128 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7129 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7130 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7132 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7136 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7139 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7141 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7142 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7143 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7146 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7149 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7150 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7151 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7152 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7155 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7156 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7157 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7159 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7160 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7161 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7162 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7163 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7165 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7166 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7167 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7169 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7170 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7171 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7172 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7176 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7178 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7179 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7180 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7184 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7186 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7187 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7189 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7190 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7192 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7193 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7196 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7197 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7198 the bar might not be in the window. */
7199 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7201 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7202 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7203 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7207 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7208 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7209 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7210 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7211 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7214 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7215 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7216 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7217 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7218 that the glyph is legible. */
7219 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7220 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7222 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7223 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7226 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7229 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7230 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7233 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7235 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7238 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7239 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7241 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7243 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7244 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7245 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7246 width
, row
->height
);
7250 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7253 width
= row
->height
;
7255 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7257 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7258 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7260 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7261 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7262 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7263 row
->height
- width
),
7264 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7267 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7272 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7275 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7277 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7278 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7279 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7280 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7284 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7287 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7289 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7290 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7292 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7293 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7294 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7299 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7302 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7304 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7308 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7309 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7311 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7312 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7313 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7314 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7316 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7317 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7321 switch (cursor_type
)
7323 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7324 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7327 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7328 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7332 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7336 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7340 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7349 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7350 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7351 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7356 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7363 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7366 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7370 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7373 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7374 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7375 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7376 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7381 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7382 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7383 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7385 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7386 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7387 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7391 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7392 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7398 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7399 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7402 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7404 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7406 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7410 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7413 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7414 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7418 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7419 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7423 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7424 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7425 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7426 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7427 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7429 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7432 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7433 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7439 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7440 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7443 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, char *icon_name
)
7445 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7450 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7451 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7453 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7454 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7457 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7458 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7459 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7460 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7465 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7467 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7468 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7470 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7471 be called from a signal handler.
7474 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7475 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7477 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7479 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7481 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7482 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7483 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7486 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7488 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7489 x_error_message
->string
,
7490 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7493 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7494 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7497 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7498 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7499 stored in *x_error_message.
7501 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7502 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7504 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7506 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, char *format
);
7509 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7511 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7513 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7517 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7518 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7519 x_error_message
= data
;
7522 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7523 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7526 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7528 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7532 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7533 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7534 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7535 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7537 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7538 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7543 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7544 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7545 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7548 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, char *format
)
7550 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7553 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7555 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7556 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7557 x_uncatch_errors ();
7558 error (format
, string
);
7562 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7563 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7566 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7568 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7571 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7574 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7577 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7579 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7582 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7583 * idea. --lorentey */
7584 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7587 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7589 while (x_error_message
)
7590 x_uncatch_errors ();
7594 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7597 x_catching_errors (void)
7599 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7603 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7606 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7611 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7612 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7613 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7614 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7615 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7618 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7619 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7622 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7623 must reestablish each time */
7624 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7629 /************************************************************************
7631 ************************************************************************/
7633 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7635 static char *error_msg
;
7637 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7638 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7639 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7642 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7644 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7648 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7649 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7652 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, char *error_message
)
7654 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7655 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7656 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7658 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7659 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7660 handling_signal
= 0;
7662 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7663 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7664 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7665 the original message here. */
7666 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7668 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7669 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7673 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7675 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7676 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7679 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7680 that are on the dead display. */
7681 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7683 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7685 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7686 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7687 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7688 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7689 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7690 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7693 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7694 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7695 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7696 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7697 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7698 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7700 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7701 trying to find a replacement. */
7702 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7703 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7706 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7707 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7708 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7710 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7711 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7712 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7714 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7715 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7717 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7718 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7719 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7723 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7724 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7725 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7727 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) (void);
7728 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7729 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7730 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7735 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7736 is the last display/terminal. */
7737 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7739 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7740 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7743 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7746 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7747 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7749 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7750 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7751 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7752 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7757 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7758 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7762 x_uncatch_errors ();
7764 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7766 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7767 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7771 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7773 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7775 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7776 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7778 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7779 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7780 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7781 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7782 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7783 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7786 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7787 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7788 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7790 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7791 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7794 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7796 if (x_error_message
)
7797 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7799 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7803 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7804 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7805 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7807 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7809 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7810 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7815 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7821 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7822 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7824 static void NO_INLINE
7825 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7827 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7829 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7830 or colors that are not defined. */
7832 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7835 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7836 original error handler. */
7838 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7839 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7840 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7841 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7845 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7846 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7847 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7850 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7854 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7855 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7859 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7861 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7862 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7863 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7867 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7869 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7872 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7873 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7874 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7875 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7879 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7880 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7881 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7882 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7883 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7885 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7887 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7888 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7890 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7891 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7892 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7896 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7897 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7900 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7902 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7903 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7904 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7905 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7906 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7911 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7914 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7923 /***********************************************************************
7925 ***********************************************************************/
7931 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7932 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7933 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7936 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7938 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7939 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7943 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7944 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7946 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7947 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7949 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7950 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7954 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7955 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7956 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7960 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7963 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7964 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7967 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7968 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7971 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7979 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7980 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7987 XIMCallback destroy
;
7990 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7991 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7994 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7995 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7996 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8002 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8003 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8007 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8009 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8010 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8011 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8012 when the callback was registered. */
8015 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8017 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8018 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8020 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8024 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8026 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8027 as they have no XIC. */
8028 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8030 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8033 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8035 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8038 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8039 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8041 create_frame_xic (f
);
8042 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8043 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8044 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8046 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8047 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8056 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8059 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8060 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8061 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8062 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8065 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8067 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8071 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8072 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8075 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8076 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8077 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8078 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8079 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8080 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8081 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8082 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8083 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8084 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8085 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8086 least, hence the configure test. */
8087 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8088 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8089 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8090 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8092 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8096 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8099 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8104 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8105 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8106 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8108 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8109 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8110 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8111 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8112 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8113 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8114 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8115 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8117 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8120 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8124 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8125 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8128 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8130 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8132 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8133 is already for the top-left corner. */
8134 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8137 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8138 position that fits on the screen. */
8139 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8140 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8141 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8144 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8146 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8147 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8148 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8150 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8151 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8152 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8153 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8156 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8157 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8159 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8162 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8163 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8164 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8167 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8168 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8169 so the flags should correspond. */
8170 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8173 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8174 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8175 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8176 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8177 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8180 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8182 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8184 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8186 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8187 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8191 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8193 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8195 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8196 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8198 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8201 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8203 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8204 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8206 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8208 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8209 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8210 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8211 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8212 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8215 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8216 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8218 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8219 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8222 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8223 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8224 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8225 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8228 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8229 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8230 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8232 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8233 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8234 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8235 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8236 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8237 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8242 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8243 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8244 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8245 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8246 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8249 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, const char *atomname
)
8252 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8253 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8255 Window wmcheck_window
;
8256 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8257 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8258 long max_len
= 65536;
8259 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8260 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8261 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8266 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8268 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8269 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8270 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8271 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8272 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8274 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8276 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8277 x_uncatch_errors ();
8282 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8285 /* Check if window exists. */
8286 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8288 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8290 x_uncatch_errors ();
8295 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8297 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8298 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8299 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8300 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8301 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8302 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8304 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8305 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8307 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8308 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8309 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8310 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8312 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8314 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8315 x_uncatch_errors ();
8320 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8321 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8322 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8326 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8328 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8329 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8331 x_uncatch_errors ();
8338 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, const char *what
, const char *what2
)
8340 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8341 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8342 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8344 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8346 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8348 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8350 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8356 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8360 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8361 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8362 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8365 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8368 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8370 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8372 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8373 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8375 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8380 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8381 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8382 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8384 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8386 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8387 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8388 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8390 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8392 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8394 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8395 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8397 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8398 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8400 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8401 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8403 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8404 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8408 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8412 return have_net_atom
;
8416 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8418 if (f
->async_visible
)
8421 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8429 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8432 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8433 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8434 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8435 long max_len
= 65536;
8436 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8437 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8438 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8443 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8444 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8445 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8446 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8447 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8449 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8451 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8452 x_uncatch_errors ();
8457 x_uncatch_errors ();
8459 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8461 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8462 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8464 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8465 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8467 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8469 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8471 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8472 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8474 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8476 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8477 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8478 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8485 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8488 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8491 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8494 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8499 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8500 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8502 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8506 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8507 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8509 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8511 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8514 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8515 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8517 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8519 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8520 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8522 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8524 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8525 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8526 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8527 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8528 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8530 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8531 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8533 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8534 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8537 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8539 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8540 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8541 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8546 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8547 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8548 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8549 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8550 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8551 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8552 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8555 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8557 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8559 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8560 window manager window around the frame. */
8562 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8564 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8566 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8571 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8572 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8573 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8575 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8577 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8578 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8580 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8581 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8583 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8586 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8587 frame's position. */
8589 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8593 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8594 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8595 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8596 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8597 of an exact comparison. */
8600 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8604 while (count
++ < 50)
8606 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8608 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8609 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8612 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8613 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8617 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8620 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8621 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8624 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8628 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8629 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8631 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8635 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8637 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8639 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8642 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8643 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8645 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8646 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8648 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8649 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8650 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8651 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8652 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8654 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8656 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8657 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8658 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8660 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8665 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8666 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8668 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8669 break; /* Timeout */
8671 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8672 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8676 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8677 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8678 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8679 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8682 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8684 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8686 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8687 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8688 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8690 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8691 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8692 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8694 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8696 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8697 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8698 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8700 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8701 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8702 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8703 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8706 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8707 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8708 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8709 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8710 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8712 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8713 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8714 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8715 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8717 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8718 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8719 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8720 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8721 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8723 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8726 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8727 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8728 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8729 if (f
->async_visible
)
8730 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8733 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8734 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8735 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8741 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8742 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8743 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8744 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8747 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8751 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8755 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8756 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8757 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8758 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8759 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8760 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8761 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8762 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8763 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8764 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8766 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8768 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8769 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8770 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8771 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8772 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8773 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8774 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8778 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8779 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8781 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8782 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8784 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8786 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8788 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8789 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8791 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8792 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8793 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8794 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8795 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8800 /* Mouse warping. */
8803 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8807 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8808 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8810 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8811 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8813 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8814 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8818 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8819 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8823 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8826 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8830 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8831 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8835 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8838 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8841 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8842 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8843 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8844 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8845 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8850 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8853 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8854 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8855 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8856 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8860 /* Raise frame F. */
8863 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8866 if (f
->async_visible
)
8867 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8869 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8873 /* Lower frame F. */
8876 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8878 if (f
->async_visible
)
8881 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8882 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8887 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8890 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8892 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8893 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8895 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8896 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8899 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8900 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8901 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8903 Fcons (make_number (1),
8904 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8910 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8918 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8921 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8924 unsigned long data
[2];
8926 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
8928 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8931 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
8932 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8936 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8940 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8941 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8942 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8943 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8944 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
8945 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
8946 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8947 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8948 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8950 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8951 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8952 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8955 /* Change of visibility. */
8957 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8958 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8959 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8960 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8961 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8962 finishes with it. */
8965 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8968 int original_top
, original_left
;
8969 int retry_count
= 2;
8975 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8977 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8979 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8981 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8982 call x_set_offset a second time
8983 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8984 before the window gets really visible. */
8985 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8986 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8987 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8988 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8990 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8992 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8993 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8994 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8995 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8996 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8999 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9000 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9002 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9004 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9005 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9007 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9008 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9010 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9011 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9012 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9015 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9017 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9018 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9019 so that incoming events are handled. */
9023 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9024 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9025 will set it when they are handled. */
9026 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9028 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9029 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9031 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9034 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9036 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9037 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9038 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9039 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9041 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9042 because the window manager may choose the position
9043 and we don't want to override it. */
9045 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9046 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9047 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9048 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9049 && previously_visible
)
9053 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9057 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9058 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9059 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9060 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9061 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9062 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9063 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9064 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9065 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9067 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9068 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9069 original_left
, original_top
);
9074 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9076 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9077 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9078 MapNotify at all.. */
9079 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9080 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9082 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9085 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9086 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9087 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9088 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9089 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9091 if (input_polling_used ())
9093 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9094 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9095 handler reset it. */
9096 extern void poll_for_input_1 (void);
9097 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9098 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9099 poll_for_input_1 ();
9100 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9103 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9104 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9109 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9113 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9114 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9115 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9116 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9118 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9123 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9125 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9128 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9132 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9133 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9135 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9136 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9137 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9141 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9142 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9143 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9144 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9145 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9146 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9149 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9150 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9153 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9154 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9159 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9160 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9162 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9163 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9167 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9168 just by the event that we get from the server.
9169 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9170 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9171 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9173 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9174 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9175 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9182 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9185 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9190 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9191 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9192 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9194 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9199 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9201 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9203 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9206 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9208 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9209 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9211 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9214 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9215 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9221 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9223 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9225 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9226 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9227 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9228 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9229 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9230 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9231 so we have to record it here. */
9234 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9235 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9240 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9241 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9242 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9246 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9248 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9249 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9253 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9255 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9257 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9258 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9259 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9260 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9261 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9262 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9264 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9265 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9267 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9268 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9272 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9273 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9274 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9275 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9276 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9278 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9279 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9281 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9284 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9285 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9289 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9291 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9293 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9295 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9296 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9299 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9300 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9302 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9304 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9308 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9311 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9313 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9315 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9319 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9320 commands to the X server. */
9321 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9323 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9324 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9326 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9327 free_frame_faces (f
);
9329 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9330 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9332 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9333 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9334 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9335 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9336 toolkit scroll bars. */
9337 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9339 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9340 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9349 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9350 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9352 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9353 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9355 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9356 we are using a toolkit. */
9357 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9358 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9360 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9361 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9364 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9365 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9366 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9368 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9369 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9370 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9372 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9374 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9375 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9376 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9378 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9379 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9380 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9381 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9382 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9383 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9385 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9386 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9387 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9388 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9389 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9390 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9391 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9392 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9393 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9394 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9395 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9396 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9397 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9398 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9399 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9402 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9405 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9406 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9407 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9409 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9410 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9411 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9412 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9413 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9414 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9416 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9418 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9419 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9420 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9421 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9422 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9423 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9424 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9431 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9434 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9436 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9438 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9439 commands to the X server. */
9440 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9441 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9443 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9447 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9449 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9450 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9451 that the window now has.
9452 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9453 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9454 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9458 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9463 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9464 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9466 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9467 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9469 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9470 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9472 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9473 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9475 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9476 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9477 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9478 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9479 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9480 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9482 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9484 int base_width
, base_height
;
9485 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9487 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9488 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9490 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9492 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9493 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9494 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9495 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9496 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9498 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9499 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9500 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9502 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9503 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9504 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9505 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9506 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9509 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9512 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9517 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9518 long supplied_return
;
9521 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9525 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9530 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9531 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9532 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9533 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9534 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9535 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9536 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9537 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9544 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9545 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9549 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9550 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9552 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9554 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9556 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9558 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9561 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9563 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9566 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9567 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9568 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9569 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9571 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9572 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9574 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9575 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9579 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9581 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9583 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9584 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9589 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9590 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9591 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9592 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9596 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9604 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9608 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9612 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9613 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9614 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9615 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9618 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9620 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9621 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9623 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9627 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9629 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9631 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9632 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9633 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9635 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9639 /***********************************************************************
9641 ***********************************************************************/
9645 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9649 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9655 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9656 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9657 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9660 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9663 /***********************************************************************
9665 ***********************************************************************/
9667 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9668 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9669 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9670 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9672 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9673 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9674 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9676 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9677 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9678 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9679 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9680 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9681 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9682 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9685 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9687 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9689 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9691 static int x_initialized
;
9694 static int x_session_initialized
;
9697 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9698 the screen number from the server number. */
9700 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9703 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9704 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9705 int length_until_period
= 0;
9707 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9708 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9709 length_until_period
++;
9711 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9712 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9714 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9716 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9717 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9718 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9719 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9720 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9721 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9722 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9723 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9724 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9725 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9726 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9727 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9728 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9729 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9731 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9735 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9739 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9740 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9743 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9744 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9747 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9768 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9769 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9772 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9777 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9779 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9787 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9789 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9790 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9794 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9795 the structure that describes the open display.
9796 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9798 struct x_display_info
*
9799 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9803 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9804 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9815 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9816 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9822 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9823 char **argv2
= argv
;
9826 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9828 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9832 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9836 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9838 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9840 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
9841 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9844 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
9845 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9847 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9849 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9850 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9851 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9852 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9853 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9854 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9856 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9860 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9862 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9863 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9865 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9867 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9868 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9870 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9871 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9873 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9874 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9877 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9878 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9881 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9882 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9883 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9885 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9886 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9887 So let's not use it until R6. */
9889 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9900 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9901 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9903 turn_on_atimers (0);
9904 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9905 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9906 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9908 turn_on_atimers (1);
9911 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9916 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9917 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9918 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
9919 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9920 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9922 /* Detect failure. */
9929 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9931 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9932 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9934 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9937 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9940 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9941 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9942 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9943 SDATA (display_name
)))
9946 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9949 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
9950 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9951 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
9953 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9954 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9955 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9956 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9957 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9959 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9961 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9963 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9964 list of terminals. */
9965 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9966 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9967 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9968 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9970 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9971 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9973 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
9974 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9975 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
9977 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9978 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9982 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9983 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9984 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9985 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9986 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9988 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9991 /* Put this display on the chain. */
9992 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
9993 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
9995 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
9996 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
9997 x_display_name_list
);
9998 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10000 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10002 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10003 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10004 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10005 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10008 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10012 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10013 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10015 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10016 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10018 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10019 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10021 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10023 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10024 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10025 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10027 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10028 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10030 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10031 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10032 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10033 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10035 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10037 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10039 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10041 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10042 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10043 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10044 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10045 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10046 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10047 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10048 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10049 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10050 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10051 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10052 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10053 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10054 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10055 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10056 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10057 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10058 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10059 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10060 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10061 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10062 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10063 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10064 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10065 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10066 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10067 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10068 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10070 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10071 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10072 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10074 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10076 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10077 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10078 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10079 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10080 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10081 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10084 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10085 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10087 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10090 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10091 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10092 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10094 if (STRINGP (value
)
10095 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10096 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10097 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10101 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10102 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10106 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10107 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10108 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10109 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10110 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10112 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10114 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10115 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10119 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10121 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10122 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10123 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10124 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10125 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10126 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10127 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10128 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10129 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10132 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10133 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10134 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10135 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10136 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10137 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10138 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10139 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10140 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10141 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10142 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10143 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10144 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10145 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10146 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10147 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10148 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10149 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10150 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10151 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10152 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10153 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10154 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10155 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10156 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10157 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10158 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10159 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10160 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10161 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10162 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10163 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10164 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10165 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10166 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10167 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10168 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10169 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10170 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10171 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10172 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10173 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10174 /* For properties of font. */
10175 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10176 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10177 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10178 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10179 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10180 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10181 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10182 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10183 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10184 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10186 /* Ghostscript support. */
10187 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10188 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10190 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10193 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10196 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10197 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10198 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10199 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10200 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10201 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10202 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10203 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10204 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10205 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10206 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10207 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10208 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10209 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10210 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
10211 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", False
);
10212 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
10213 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_NAME", False
);
10215 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10218 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10219 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10220 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10222 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10223 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10224 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10226 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10227 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10230 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10231 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10233 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10235 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10236 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10240 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10243 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10245 #ifdef subprocesses
10246 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10247 if (connection
!= 0)
10248 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10252 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10253 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10256 if (interrupt_input
)
10257 init_sigio (connection
);
10258 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10262 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10263 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10266 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10267 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10268 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10269 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10270 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10271 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10272 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10273 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10275 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10276 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10277 x_uncatch_errors ();
10281 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10282 for debugging X code. */
10285 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10286 build_string ("synchronous"),
10287 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10289 if (STRINGP (value
)
10290 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10291 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10292 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10297 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10298 build_string ("useXIM"),
10299 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10302 if (STRINGP (value
)
10303 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10304 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10307 if (STRINGP (value
)
10308 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10309 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10315 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10316 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10318 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10319 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10327 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10328 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10331 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10333 struct terminal
*t
;
10335 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10337 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10338 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10341 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10342 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10343 x_session_close ();
10345 delete_terminal (t
);
10349 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10351 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10352 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10353 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10354 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10355 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10360 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10361 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10363 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10365 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10368 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10372 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10373 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10375 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10376 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10379 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10381 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10382 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10383 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10386 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10387 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10388 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10392 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10394 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10395 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10396 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10397 that slows us down. */
10400 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10401 struct atimer
*timer
;
10404 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10405 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10407 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10408 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10409 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10410 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10415 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10416 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10417 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10418 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10419 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10420 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10421 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10424 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10427 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10429 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10431 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10432 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10433 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10438 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10441 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10443 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10445 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10447 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10451 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10453 x_after_update_window_line
,
10454 x_update_window_begin
,
10455 x_update_window_end
,
10461 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10463 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10464 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10465 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10466 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10467 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10468 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10469 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10470 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10471 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10472 x_clear_frame_area
,
10473 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10474 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10475 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10479 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10481 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10483 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10485 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10486 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10487 if (!terminal
->name
)
10492 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10495 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10498 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10499 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10500 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10502 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10503 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10505 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10506 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10507 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10508 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10510 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10511 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10512 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10513 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10514 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10515 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10516 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10517 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10518 leaks in other situations. */
10520 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10521 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10523 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10525 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10526 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10527 closing all the displays. */
10528 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10532 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10534 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10535 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10537 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10539 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10542 /* Mark as dead. */
10543 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10544 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10548 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10549 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10551 static struct terminal
*
10552 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10554 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10556 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10558 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10559 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10560 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10562 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10564 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10565 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10566 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10567 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10568 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10569 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10570 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10571 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10572 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10573 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10574 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10575 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10576 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10577 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10578 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10579 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10580 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10581 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10582 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10583 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10585 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10586 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10588 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10589 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10590 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10591 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10592 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10593 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10600 x_initialize (void)
10605 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10606 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10607 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10609 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10613 current_count
= -1;
10616 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10617 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10619 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10620 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10622 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10624 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10625 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10626 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10627 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10628 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10629 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10630 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10632 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10635 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10637 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10638 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10642 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10643 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10644 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10646 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10647 original error handler. */
10648 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10649 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10651 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10653 xgselect_initialize ();
10658 syms_of_xterm (void)
10660 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10662 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10663 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10665 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10666 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10668 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10669 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10671 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10672 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10674 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10675 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10678 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10679 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10681 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10682 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10685 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10686 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10687 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10688 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10689 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10690 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10691 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10693 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10695 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10696 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10697 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10698 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10699 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10700 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10701 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10703 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10704 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10705 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10706 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10707 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10708 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10709 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10710 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10711 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10713 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10714 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10715 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10716 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10717 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10719 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10720 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10721 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10723 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10725 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10728 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10731 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10732 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10734 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10735 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10736 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10737 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10738 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10739 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10740 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10741 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10742 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10744 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10745 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10746 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10747 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10748 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10749 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10751 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10752 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10753 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10754 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10755 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10756 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10758 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10759 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10760 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10761 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10762 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10763 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10765 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10766 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10767 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10768 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10769 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10770 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10772 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10773 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10774 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10775 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10776 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10780 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10782 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10783 (do not change this comment) */